SAP Certified Associate - Implementation Consultant - SAP SuccessFactors Time Management C_THR94_2505 Exam Practice Test

Page: 1 / 14
Total 80 questions

Want more questions? Get Premium Access.
()

Question 1

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 2

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 3

In a scenario where the current day is a public holiday that falls on a working day with 8 planned hours, an employee works 10 hours. What will be the hours in Value 1 and Value 2 of the below rule?Note:No previous and next day rules are considered in this scenario.Time Type Group A in Input Time Type Group of below rule holds the 10 hours entered by the employee.Time Record filter is Public Holiday, which is set to FULL in Holiday Class filter for Current Day field.

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 4

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 5

You created an Attendance Time Type. When trying to assign it to a Time Profile, you realize it is NOT listed in the drop down for Available Time Types.What are some possible reasons?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 6

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 7

You need to determine the accruals to be awarded based on the seniority of an employee. The employee has been with the organization for 5 years and should be awarded an accrual of 12 days. Here is the accrual rule that you will use:

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 8

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 9

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 10

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 11

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 12

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 13

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 14

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 15

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 16

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 17

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 18

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 19

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 20

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 21

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 22

Per your company's policy, flextime accounts must NOT exceed a balance of 40 hours at the end of a month. Therefore, you decide to set up automated periodic processing for those accounts.What can you do using periodic time account processing?

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 23

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 24

A customer has two groups of employees in two different countries. Group 1 (USA) has a work week definition from Sunday to Saturday and group 2 (Germany) has work week definition from Monday to Sunday.What is the correct configuration in Payroll Time Sheet with respect to Time Recording Profile and Time Valuation Period?

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 25

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 26

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 27

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 28

The customer has a collective/union agreement that automatically provides employees with a 15 minute break for every 3 hours they work during a non-working day or public holiday.What break configuration is required in this case?

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 29

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 30

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 31

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 32

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 33

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 34

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 35

What are the additional features that are available in an SAP SuccessFactors Time Tracking Time Sheet, but that are NOT available in the Employee Central Time Sheet?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 36

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 37

When generating accruals for the current period, you need to cap the accruals to a maximum of 50 days.Which options can you choose when using the Cap Accrual rule function?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 38

What background jobs are required to generate planned working time, auto approval, and the sending of results to payroll for negative time recorders?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 39

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 40

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 41

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 42

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 43

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 44

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 45

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 46

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 47

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 48

You hire an employee on March 15, 2022. You have selected Account Creation Start Date = Account Valid From (Day or Month) for Time Account Type, Account Valid From(Day)= 1, Account Valid From(Month) = 1. When will the first account start?

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 49

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 50

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 51

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 52

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 53

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 54

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 55

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 56

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 57

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 58

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 59

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 60

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 61

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 62

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 63

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 64

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 65

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 66

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 67

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 68

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 69

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 70

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 71

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 72

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 73

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 74

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 75

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 76

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 77

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 78

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 79

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 80

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 81

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 82

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 83

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 84

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 85

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 86

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 87

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 88

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 89

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 90

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 91

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 92

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 93

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 94

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 95

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 96

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 97

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 98

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 99

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 100

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 101

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 102

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 103

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 104

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 105

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 106

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 107

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 108

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 109

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 110

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 111

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 112

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 113

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 114

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 115

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 116

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 117

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 118

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 119

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 120

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 121

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 122

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 123

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 124

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 125

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 126

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 127

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 128

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 129

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 130

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 131

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 132

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 133

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 134

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 135

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 136

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 137

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 138

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 139

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 140

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 141

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 142

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 143

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 144

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 145

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 146

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 147

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 148

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 149

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 150

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 151

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 152

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 153

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 154

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 155

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 156

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 157

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 158

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 159

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 160

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 161

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 162

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 163

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 164

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 165

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 166

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 167

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 168

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 169

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 170

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 171

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 172

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 173

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 174

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 175

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 176

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 177

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 178

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 179

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 180

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 181

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 182

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 183

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 184

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 185

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 186

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 187

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 188

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 189

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 190

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 191

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 192

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 193

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 194

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 195

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 196

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 197

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 198

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 199

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 200

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 201

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 202

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 203

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 204

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 205

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 206

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 207

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 208

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 209

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 210

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 211

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 212

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 213

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 214

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 215

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 216

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 217

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 218

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 219

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 220

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 221

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 222

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 223

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 224

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 225

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 226

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 227

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 228

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 229

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 230

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 231

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 232

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 233

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 234

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 235

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 236

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 237

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 238

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 239

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 240

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 241

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 242

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 243

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 244

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 245

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 246

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 247

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 248

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 249

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 250

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 251

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 252

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 253

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 254

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 255

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 256

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 257

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 258

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 259

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 260

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 261

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 262

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 263

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 264

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 265

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 266

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 267

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 268

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 269

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 270

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 271

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 272

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 273

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 274

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 275

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 276

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 277

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 278

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 279

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 280

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 281

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 282

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 283

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 284

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 285

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 286

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 287

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 288

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 289

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 290

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 291

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 292

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 293

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 294

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 295

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 296

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 297

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 298

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 299

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 300

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 301

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 302

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 303

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 304

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 305

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 306

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 307

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 308

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 309

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 310

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 311

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 312

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 313

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 314

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 315

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 316

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 317

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 318

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 319

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 320

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 321

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 322

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 323

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 324

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 325

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 326

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 327

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 328

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 329

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 330

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 331

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 332

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 333

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 334

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 335

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 336

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 337

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 338

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 339

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 340

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 341

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 342

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 343

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 344

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 345

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 346

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 347

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 348

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 349

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 350

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 351

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 352

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 353

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 354

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 355

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 356

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 357

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 358

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 359

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 360

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 361

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 362

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 363

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 364

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 365

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 366

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 367

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 368

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 369

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 370

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 371

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 372

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 373

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 374

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 375

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 376

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 377

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 378

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 379

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 380

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 381

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 382

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 383

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 384

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 385

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 386

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 387

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 388

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 389

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 390

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 391

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 392

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 393

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 394

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 395

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 396

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 397

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 398

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 399

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 400

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 401

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 402

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 403

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 404

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 405

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 406

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 407

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 408

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 409

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 410

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 411

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 412

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 413

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 414

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 415

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 416

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 417

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 418

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 419

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 420

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 421

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 422

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 423

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 424

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 425

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 426

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 427

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 428

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 429

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 430

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 431

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 432

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 433

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 434

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 435

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 436

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 437

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 438

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 439

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 440

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 441

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 442

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 443

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 444

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 445

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 446

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 447

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 448

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 449

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 450

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 451

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 452

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 453

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 454

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 455

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 456

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 457

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 458

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 459

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 460

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 461

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 462

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 463

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 464

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 465

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 466

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 467

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 468

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 469

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 470

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 471

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 472

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 473

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 474

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 475

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 476

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 477

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 478

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 479

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 480

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 481

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 482

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 483

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 484

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 485

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 486

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 487

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 488

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 489

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 490

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 491

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 492

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 493

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 494

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 495

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 496

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 497

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 498

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 499

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 500

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 501

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 502

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 503

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 504

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 505

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 506

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 507

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 508

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 509

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 510

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 511

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 512

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 513

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 514

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 515

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 516

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 517

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 518

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 519

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 520

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 521

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 522

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 523

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 524

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 525

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 526

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 527

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 528

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 529

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 530

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 531

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 532

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 533

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 534

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 535

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 536

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 537

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 538

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 539

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 540

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 541

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 542

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 543

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 544

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 545

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 546

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 547

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 548

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 549

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 550

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 551

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 552

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 553

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 554

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 555

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 556

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 557

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 558

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 559

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 560

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 561

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 562

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 563

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 564

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 565

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 566

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 567

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 568

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 569

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 570

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 571

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 572

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 573

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 574

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 575

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 576

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 577

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 578

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 579

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 580

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 581

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 582

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 583

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 584

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 585

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 586

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 587

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 588

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 589

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 590

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 591

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 592

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 593

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 594

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 595

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 596

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 597

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 598

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 599

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 600

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 601

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 602

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 603

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 604

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 605

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 606

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 607

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 608

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 609

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 610

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 611

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 612

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 613

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 614

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 615

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 616

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 617

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 618

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 619

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 620

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 621

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 622

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 623

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 624

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 625

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 626

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 627

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 628

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 629

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 630

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 631

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 632

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 633

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 634

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 635

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 636

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 637

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 638

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 639

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 640

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 641

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 642

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 643

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 644

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 645

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 646

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 647

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 648

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 649

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 650

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 651

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 652

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 653

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 654

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 655

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 656

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 657

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 658

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 659

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 660

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 661

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 662

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 663

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 664

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 665

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 666

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 667

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 668

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 669

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 670

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 671

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 672

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 673

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 674

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 675

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 676

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 677

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 678

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 679

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 680

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 681

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 682

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 683

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 684

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 685

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 686

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 687

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 688

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 689

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 690

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 691

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 692

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 693

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 694

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 695

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 696

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 697

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 698

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 699

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 700

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 701

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 702

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 703

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 704

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 705

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 706

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 707

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 708

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 709

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 710

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 711

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 712

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 713

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 714

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 715

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 716

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 717

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 718

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 719

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 720

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 721

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 722

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 723

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 724

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 725

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 726

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 727

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 728

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 729

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 730

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 731

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 732

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 733

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 734

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 735

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 736

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 737

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 738

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 739

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 740

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 741

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 742

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 743

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 744

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 745

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 746

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 747

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 748

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 749

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 750

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 751

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 752

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 753

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 754

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 755

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 756

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 757

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 758

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 759

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 760

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 761

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 762

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 763

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 764

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 765

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 766

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 767

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 768

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 769

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 770

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 771

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 772

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 773

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 774

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 775

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 776

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 777

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 778

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 779

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 780

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 781

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 782

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 783

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 784

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 785

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 786

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 787

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 788

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 789

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 790

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 791

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 792

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 793

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 794

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 795

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 796

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 797

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 798

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 799

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 800

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 801

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 802

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 803

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 804

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 805

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 806

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 807

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 808

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 809

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 810

You are using Clock In Clock Out Group in Job Info.What is the correct combination that you are allowed to use?

ATime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

BTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

CTime Recording Variant: Clock Times Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Positive

DTime Recording Variant: Duration Time Record profile with Time Recording Variant set to Negative

Answer : C

Question 811

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 812

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 813

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 814

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 815

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 816

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 817

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 818

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 819

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 820

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 821

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 822

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 823

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 824

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 825

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 826

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 827

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 828

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 829

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 830

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 831

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 832

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 833

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 834

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 835

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 836

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 837

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 838

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 839

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 840

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 841

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 842

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 843

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 844

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 845

Which of the following objects can you use to define the type of Time Management data that is replicated to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll?

AData Replication Monitor Configuration

BData Replication Proxy

CReplication Target System

DData Replication Configuration

Answer : B

Question 846

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 847

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 848

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 849

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 850

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 851

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 852

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 853

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 854

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 855

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 856

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 857

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 858

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 859

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 860

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 861

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 862

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 863

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 864

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 865

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 866

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 867

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 868

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 869

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 870

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 871

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 872

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 873

Which of the following objects can you use to define the type of Time Management data that is replicated to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll?

AData Replication Monitor Configuration

BData Replication Proxy

CReplication Target System

DData Replication Configuration

Answer : B

Question 874

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 875

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 876

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 877

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 878

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 879

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 880

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 881

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 882

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 883

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 884

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 885

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 886

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 887

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 888

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 889

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 890

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 891

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 892

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 893

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 894

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 895

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 896

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 897

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 898

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 899

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 900

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 901

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 902

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 903

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 904

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 905

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 906

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 907

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 908

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 909

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 910

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 911

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 912

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 913

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 914

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 915

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 916

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 917

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 918

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 919

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 920

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 921

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 922

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 923

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 924

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 925

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 926

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 927

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 928

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 929

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 930

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 931

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 932

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 933

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 934

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 935

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 936

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 937

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 938

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 939

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 940

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 941

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 942

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 943

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 944

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 945

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 946

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 947

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 948

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 949

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 950

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 951

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 952

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 953

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 954

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 955

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 956

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 957

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 958

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 959

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 960

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 961

Which of the following objects can you use to define the type of Time Management data that is replicated to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll?

AData Replication Monitor Configuration

BData Replication Proxy

CReplication Target System

DData Replication Configuration

Answer : B

Question 962

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 963

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 964

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 965

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 966

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 967

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 968

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 969

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 970

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 971

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 972

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 973

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 974

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 975

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 976

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 977

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 978

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 979

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 980

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 981

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 982

Which of the following objects can you use to define the type of Time Management data that is replicated to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll?

AData Replication Monitor Configuration

BData Replication Proxy

CReplication Target System

DData Replication Configuration

Answer : B

Question 983

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 984

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 985

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 986

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 987

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 988

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 989

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 990

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 991

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 992

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 993

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 994

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 995

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 996

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 997

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 998

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 999

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 1000

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 1001

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 1002

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 1003

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 1004

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 1005

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1006

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 1007

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 1008

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 1009

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 1010

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 1011

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 1012

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 1013

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 1014

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 1015

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 1016

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 1017

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 1018

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 1019

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 1020

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 1021

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 1022

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 1023

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 1024

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 1025

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 1026

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 1027

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1028

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 1029

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 1030

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 1031

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 1032

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 1033

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 1034

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 1035

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 1036

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 1037

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 1038

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 1039

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 1040

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1041

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 1042

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 1043

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 1044

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 1045

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 1046

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 1047

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 1048

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 1049

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 1050

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 1051

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 1052

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 1053

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 1054

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 1055

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 1056

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 1057

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 1058

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 1059

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 1060

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 1061

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 1062

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 1063

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 1064

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 1065

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 1066

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 1067

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 1068

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 1069

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 1070

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 1071

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 1072

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 1073

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1074

Which of the following objects can you use to define the type of Time Management data that is replicated to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll?

AData Replication Monitor Configuration

BData Replication Proxy

CReplication Target System

DData Replication Configuration

Answer : B

Question 1075

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 1076

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 1077

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 1078

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 1079

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 1080

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 1081

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 1082

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 1083

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 1084

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 1085

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 1086

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 1087

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 1088

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 1089

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 1090

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 1091

Which of the following objects can you use to define the type of Time Management data that is replicated to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll?

AData Replication Monitor Configuration

BData Replication Proxy

CReplication Target System

DData Replication Configuration

Answer : B

Question 1092

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 1093

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 1094

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1095

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 1096

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 1097

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 1098

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 1099

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 1100

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 1101

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 1102

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 1103

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 1104

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 1105

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 1106

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 1107

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 1108

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 1109

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 1110

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 1111

Which of the following objects can you use to define the type of Time Management data that is replicated to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll?

AData Replication Monitor Configuration

BData Replication Proxy

CReplication Target System

DData Replication Configuration

Answer : B

Question 1112

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 1113

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 1114

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 1115

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 1116

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 1117

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 1118

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 1119

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 1120

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 1121

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 1122

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 1123

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 1124

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 1125

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 1126

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 1127

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 1128

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 1129

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 1130

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 1131

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 1132

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 1133

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 1134

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 1135

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1136

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 1137

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 1138

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 1139

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 1140

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 1141

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 1142

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 1143

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 1144

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 1145

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 1146

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 1147

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 1148

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 1149

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 1150

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 1151

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 1152

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 1153

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 1154

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 1155

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 1156

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 1157

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 1158

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 1159

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 1160

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 1161

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 1162

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 1163

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 1164

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 1165

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 1166

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 1167

Which of the following objects can you use to define the type of Time Management data that is replicated to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll?

AData Replication Monitor Configuration

BData Replication Proxy

CReplication Target System

DData Replication Configuration

Answer : B

Question 1168

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 1169

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 1170

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 1171

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 1172

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 1173

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 1174

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 1175

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 1176

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 1177

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 1178

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 1179

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 1180

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 1181

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 1182

Which of the following objects can you use to define the type of Time Management data that is replicated to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll?

AData Replication Monitor Configuration

BData Replication Proxy

CReplication Target System

DData Replication Configuration

Answer : B

Question 1183

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 1184

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 1185

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 1186

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 1187

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 1188

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 1189

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 1190

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1191

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 1192

AEnable customers to integrate with clock terminals directly using standard APIs

BAbsence recording from Time Sheet UI

CEnable employees to record working time that ends exactly at midnight

DTime Valuation rules that support cross-midnight scenarios

Answer : A, D

Question 1193

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 1194

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 1195

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 1196

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 1197

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 1198

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 1199

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 1200

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 1201

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 1202

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 1203

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 1204

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 1205

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 1206

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 1207

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 1208

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 1209

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 1210

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 1211

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 1212

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 1213

Which of the following objects can you use to define the type of Time Management data that is replicated to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll?

AData Replication Monitor Configuration

BData Replication Proxy

CReplication Target System

DData Replication Configuration

Answer : B

Question 1214

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 1215

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 1216

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 1217

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1218

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 1219

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 1220

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 1221

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 1222

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 1223

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 1224

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 1225

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 1226

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 1227

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 1228

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 1229

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1230

AThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have the same code.

BThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Type, but missing in Time Profile.

CThe Country/Region assignment is missing in both Time Profile and Time Type.

DThe Country/Region assigned to Time Type and Time Profile have different codes.

EThe Country/Region is assigned to Time Profile, but missing in Time Type.

Answer : B, D, E

Question 1231

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 1232

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 1233

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 1234

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 1235

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 1236

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 1237

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 1238

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 1239

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 1240

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 1241

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 1242

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 1243

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 1244

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 1245

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1246

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 1247

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 1248

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 1249

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 1250

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 1251

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 1252

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 1253

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 1254

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 1255

ACap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 3, Account Balance limit = 50)

BCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 400)

CCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = 50, Account Balance limit = 5)

DCap Accrual(Maximum Accrual = accrual rule variable.amount, Account Balance limit = 50)

Answer : A, D

Question 1256

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 1257

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 1258

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 1259

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1260

What are the prerequisites to define a Flextime Bandwidth in the Work Schedule?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ADefine the Scheduled Working Time in the Work Schedule.

BDefine a Scheduled Break in the Work Schedule.

CEnable the Work Schedule for cross-midnight processing.

DSet the Time Recording Variant of the Work Schedule to Clock Times.

Answer : A, D

Question 1261

What can you achieve via an interim update?

AMake mass data updates to time sheets.

BMake mass data updates to absence requests.

CMake mass data updates to time accounts.

DMake mass data updates to payout requests.

Answer : C

Question 1262

In which systems are prepackaged integrations available for SAP SuccessFactors Time Management?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASAP ERP HCM Payroll

BThird-party payroll solutions

CKronos

DSAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll

Answer : A, D

Question 1263

A2022-03-15 00:00:00

B2022-01-01 00:00:00

C2022-03-01 00:00:00

D2023-01-01 00:00:00

Answer : C

Question 1264

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 1265

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 1266

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 1267

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 1268

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1269

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 1270

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 1271

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 1272

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 1273

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 1274

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 1275

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 1276

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 1277

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 1278

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 1279

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 1280

You want to migrate Time Account balances via import. The following is an extract from your import file:

What is wrong with the file?

AYou should NOT import multiple postings to the same Time Account.

BYou should NOT use Manual Adjustment as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

CYou should NOT import multiple postings on the same Posting Date.

DYou should NOT use Employee Time as Posting Type in the import of Time Account balances.

Answer : D

Question 1281

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 1282

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 1283

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 1284

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 1285

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 1286

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 1287

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 1288

ACreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Profile.

BCreate two Time Recording Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

CCreate two Time Valuation Periods and assign them to one Time Recording Profile.

DCreate two Time Profiles with two different Time Valuation Periods.

Answer : B

Question 1289

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 1290

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 1291

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B

Question 1292

No other specifics are to be considered.

AValue 1 = 0 and Value 2 = 10

BValue 1 = 8 and Value 2 = 2

CValue 1 = 10 and Value 2 = 0

DValue 1 = 2 and Value 2 = 8

Answer : C

Question 1293

You want to import a leave request for a quarter-day absence on March 23, 2022.What is the correct entry for the Fraction Quantity, Start Date, and End Date?

AFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 23, 2022

BFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March, 23 2022

CFraction Quantity = 0.25, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

DFraction Quantity = 0.75, Start Date = March 23, 2022, End Date = March 24, 2022

Answer : A

Question 1294

A customer requires their employee to change only the un-approved timesheets in the past 4 weeks. What configuration is required to do this?

ACreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

BCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

CCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Time Recording Profile with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to No.

DCreate Time Recording Admissibility and assign it in Job Information with the following settings: Set Past Weeks to 4.Set Amendment Allowed to Yes.

Answer : B

Question 1295

How do you set up a Time Sheet workflow?

ACreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

BCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

CCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet Entry object to trigger the workflow.

DCreate a workflow, assign it to the Time Recording Profile, and create a Save Rule in the Employee Time Sheet object to trigger the workflow.

Answer : D

Question 1296

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 1297

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 1298

Which object should you upload to create accruals based on recorded times?

ATime Collector

BAccrual Calculation Base

CAccrual Calculation Account Type Base

DTime Account Type

Answer : B

Question 1299

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 1300

Under which object can you define whether a Time Type is a favorite Time Type?

ATime Type

BAvailable Time Type

CAvailable Allowance type

DTime Profile

Answer : A

Question 1301

What are the allowed Message Types in a Time Valuation rule?

AError and Information

BInformation, and Alert and Warning

CError, Information, and Alert and Warning

DError, and Alert and Warning

Answer : D

Question 1302

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 1303

What is the purpose of the IF condition in the following take rule?

ATo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created in a month

BTo prevent more than 4 sick leave days from being created on the first day of the month

CTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created on the first day of the month

DTo prevent more than 4 sick leave requests from being created in a month

Answer : D

Question 1304

Which of the following objects can you use to define the type of Time Management data that is replicated to SAP SuccessFactors Employee Central Payroll?

AData Replication Monitor Configuration

BData Replication Proxy

CReplication Target System

DData Replication Configuration

Answer : B

Question 1305

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 1306

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 1307

What are eligible values for the accrual lookup by seniority table? Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 6 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 7 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

BSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

CSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 5 Amount (days) = 30 Seniority From = 5 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 12

DSeniority From = 0 Seniority To = 4 Amount (days) = 12 Seniority From = 6 Seniority To = 10 Amount (days) = 30

Answer : A, B

Question 1308

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 1309

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 1310

Which types of models are available to set up a work schedule?Note: There are 3 correct answers

to this question.

AClock Time

BDuration

CPeriod

DSchedule

ESimple

Answer : C, D, E

Question 1311

You have a Time Account with validity from January 1, 2022 to December 31, 2022, but want to allow bookings until June 30, 2023.Which option would you select in the Time Account Type settings?

AAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 18

BAccount Creation Offset(Months) = 6

CAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 6

DAccount Booking Offset(Months) = 18

Answer : C

Question 1312

Which of the following can be defined in a Time Profile?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

AWhether employees can request absences via self-service

BWhether employees do positive or negative time recording

CThe Attendance types that are available for an employee

DHow attendances are valuated in Time Valuation

Answer : A, C

Question 1313

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 1314

Which tool do you use to run an interim update?

AManage Time Off Calendars

BReview Periodic Time Account Updates

CTime Administrator Workbench

DTime Account Process Simulator

Answer : A

Question 1315

In the Clock In Clock Out application, which of the following sequences of Time Event Types result in a pairing of Time Events?Note: There are 2 correct answers to this question.

ASTOP following a START

BSTOP following a STOP

CSTART following a STOP

DSTART following a START

Answer : A, D

Question 1316

Which generic object do you use to import leave requests?

AExternal Time Data

BEmployee Time Sheet

CExternal Time Record

DEmployee Time

Answer : D

Question 1317

What are the characteristics of a Working Time Account?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AIt calculates the difference between the employee's recorded working time and the planned working time.

BA Time Off in Lieu account can be used for posting of Working Time Account.

CAbsences requested in EC Time Off can be deducted from the balances of Working Time Account.

DPeriodic Time Account Updates can be used to review and cap the Working Time Accounts balance.

EThe Working Time Account balance is calculated effective of each timesheet period.

Answer : A, B, C

Question 1318

What operations are supported when an employee accesses a Time Event via the Time Sheet UI?

AView, Correct, and Delete

BView, Create, and Delete

CView, Create, Correct, and Delete

DView, Create, and Correct

Answer : B

Question 1319

AAutomatically create leave requests amounting to the balance beyond 40 hours.

BAutomatically cap the time account balance beyond 40 hours.

CAutomatically raise an error message when recording working time beyond 40 hours.

DAutomatically transfer the time account balance beyond 40 hours to another account.

Answer : B

Question 1320

You need to send an alert to the HR admin if an employee is sick for more than 15 days.How would you define the reminder alert?

AAs a post save rule in the Time Type object definition

BAs a save rule in the Employee Time object definition

CAs a save rule in the Time Type object definition

DAs a post save rule in the Employee Time object definition

Answer : D

Question 1321

ASubmit Time Sheet Job

BTime Sheet Generate Working Time Job

CSynchronize Planned Working Times Job

DTime Sheet Import External Times Job

Answer : A, B

Question 1322

ACreate a Fixed Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

BCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Workschedule.

CCreate a Fixed Break in the employee's Workschedule.

DCreate a Dynamic Break and assign it to the employee's Job Info.

Answer : B

Question 1323

What Time Categories are allowed when configuring a Time Type Group?

AWorking Time, Paid Holidays, Calculated Time

BAllowances, Paid Holidays, Recorded Overtime

CWorking Time, Time Collector, Calculated Time

DAllowances, On-Call Time, Recorded Overtime

Answer : A

Question 1324

Which of the following can lead to automatic absence recalculation?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

AChanges to the Work Schedule in Job Information

BChanges to the Holiday Calendar in Job Information

CChanges in the Work Schedule object

DChanges in the Temporary Time Information object

EChanges in the Holiday Calendar object

Answer : A, B, D

Question 1325

You have monthly accruals of 2 days. An employee is terminated with termination date = February 15, 2022. During termination, accruals are recalculated by applying the following rule:

How much does the employee accrue for February 2022, which has 28 days?

A1 day

B2 days

C0.5 days

D0 days

Answer : B

Question 1326

A customer wants to calculate a specific payment for employees working between 7:00 pm to 11:59 pm.In the Time Evaluation rule, what is the appropriate Time Valuation Type to be used to achieve this?

ADifference between Threshold and Input

BCompare Threshold with Input Group and Counted Events

CCompare Threshold with Comparison Group to Route Input

DFilter Segments from Input Groups

Answer : A

Question 1327

Where in the Employee Time object definition should you assign the Time Off workflow trigger rule?

AValidate Rule

BSave Rule

CPost Save Rule

DInitialize Rule

Answer : B

Question 1328

In the Clock In Clock Out application, what does the Clock In Clock Out Group configuration consist of?

ACombination of Permission Group from Role-based Permission

BCombination of Time Types

CCombination of Time Event Types

DCombination of Employee Groups from Job Info parameters

Answer : A, D

Question 1329

What are some characteristics of Leave of Absence?Note: There are 3 correct answers to this question.

ALeave of Absence can deduct balances from Time Accounts.

BLeave of Absence can alter the employee's status in Job Information.

CLeave of Absence can be displayed based on calendar days.

DLeave of Absence can be requested as a half day.

ELeave of Absence can be displayed based on work schedule days.

Answer : B, C, E

Question 1330

You import a leave request. In your import file, you set the Approval Status field to Pending.What happens after import?

AA workflow is triggered automatically.

BThe approval status field is automatically set to Approved.

CThe import of the leave request fails.

DThe approval status field is in Pending status.

Answer : B